blob: 66cfada9f43431fee4bfccde5bf255f2f482b303 [file] [log] [blame]
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +000014
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000015#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +000017#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000019#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000024#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000025#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000027#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +000028#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000029#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Richard Smith4caa4492015-05-15 02:34:32 +000030#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000031#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000042#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000043#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000044#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000045#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000046#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000047#include <algorithm>
48#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000049#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000050#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000051#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000052#include <set>
53#include <utility>
54#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000055
56using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000057using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000058
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000059namespace {
60 class UnqualUsingEntry {
61 const DeclContext *Nominated;
62 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000063
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000064 public:
65 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
66 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
67 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
68 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000069
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000070 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
71 return CommonAncestor;
72 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000073
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000074 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
75 return Nominated;
76 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000077
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000078 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
79 struct Comparator {
80 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
81 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
82 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000083
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000084 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
85 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
86 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000087
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000088 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
89 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
90 }
91 };
92 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000093
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000094 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
95 /// lookup.
96 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000097 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000098
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000099 ListTy list;
100 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000101
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000102 public:
103 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000104
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000105 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000106 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
108 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
109 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000110 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000111 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000112
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000113 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000114 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
115 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
116 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000117 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000118 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
119 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
120 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000121 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
122 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000123 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000124 }
125 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000126
127 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
128 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
129 // declared in the context.
130 //
131 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
132 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
133 // the effective DCs right.
134 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000135 if (!visited.insert(DC).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000136 return;
137
138 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
139 }
140
141 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
142 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
143 // were declared in the effective DC.
144 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
145 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000146 if (!visited.insert(NS).second)
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000147 return;
148
149 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
150 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
151 }
152
153 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
154 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
155 // the given effective context.
156 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +0000157 SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000158 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000159 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000160 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +0000161 if (visited.insert(NS).second) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000162 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
163 queue.push_back(NS);
164 }
165 }
166
167 if (queue.empty())
168 return;
169
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000170 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000171 }
172 }
173
174 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
175 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
176 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
177 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
178 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
179 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
180 // the first.
181 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
182 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
183 // the nominated namespace.
184 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
185 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
186 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000187 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000188
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000189 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
190 }
191
192 void done() {
193 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
194 }
195
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000196 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000197
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000198 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
199 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
200
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000201 llvm::iterator_range<const_iterator>
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000202 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000203 return llvm::make_range(std::equal_range(begin(), end(),
204 DC->getPrimaryContext(),
205 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator()));
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000206 }
207 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000208} // end anonymous namespace
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000209
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000210// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
211// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000212static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
213 bool CPlusPlus,
214 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000215 unsigned IDNS = 0;
216 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000217 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000218 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000219 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000220 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000221 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000222 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000224 if (Redeclaration)
225 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000226 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000227 if (Redeclaration)
228 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000229 break;
230
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000231 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
232 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
233 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
234 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
235 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
236 break;
237
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000238 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000239 if (CPlusPlus) {
240 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
241
242 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
243 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
244 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
245 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
246 // "overload" with tag decls.
247 if (Redeclaration)
248 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
249 } else {
250 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
251 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000252 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000253
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000254 case Sema::LookupLabel:
255 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
256 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000257
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000258 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
259 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
260 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000261 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000262 break;
263
264 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000265 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
266 break;
267
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000268 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000269 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000270 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000271
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000272 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000273 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
274 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
275 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
276 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000277 break;
278
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000279 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
280 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
281 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000282
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000283 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000284 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000285 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
286 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
287 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000288 }
289 return IDNS;
290}
291
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000292void LookupResult::configure() {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000293 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000294 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000295
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000296 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
297 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
298 // operators can be found.
299 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
300 case OO_New:
301 case OO_Delete:
302 case OO_Array_New:
303 case OO_Array_Delete:
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000304 getSema().DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000305 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000306
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000307 default:
308 break;
309 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000310
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000311 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
312 // up being declared.
313 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
314 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000315 if (!getSema().Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000316 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000317 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000318 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000319}
320
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000321bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000322 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000323 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
324 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
325 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
326 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
327 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
328 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
329 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000330 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
331 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000332 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
333 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
334 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000335 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000336}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000337
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000338// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000339void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000340 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000341}
342
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000343/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
344/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000345static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000346 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
347 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
348 // those.
349 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
350 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
351 return DC;
352
353 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
354 // declaration must have been found there.
355 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
356}
357
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000358/// \brief Determine whether \p D is a better lookup result than \p Existing,
359/// given that they declare the same entity.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000360static bool isPreferredLookupResult(Sema &S, Sema::LookupNameKind Kind,
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000361 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *Existing) {
362 // When looking up redeclarations of a using declaration, prefer a using
363 // shadow declaration over any other declaration of the same entity.
364 if (Kind == Sema::LookupUsingDeclName && isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
365 !isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Existing))
366 return true;
367
368 auto *DUnderlying = D->getUnderlyingDecl();
369 auto *EUnderlying = Existing->getUnderlyingDecl();
370
371 // If they have different underlying declarations, pick one arbitrarily
372 // (this happens when two type declarations denote the same type).
373 // FIXME: Should we prefer a struct declaration over a typedef or vice versa?
374 // If a name could be a typedef-name or a class-name, which is it?
375 if (DUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl() != EUnderlying->getCanonicalDecl()) {
376 assert(isa<TypeDecl>(DUnderlying) && isa<TypeDecl>(EUnderlying));
377 return false;
378 }
379
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000380 // Pick the function with more default arguments.
381 // FIXME: In the presence of ambiguous default arguments, we should keep both,
382 // so we can diagnose the ambiguity if the default argument is needed.
383 // See C++ [over.match.best]p3.
384 if (auto *DFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
385 auto *EFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(EUnderlying);
386 unsigned DMin = DFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
387 unsigned EMin = EFD->getMinRequiredArguments();
388 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred.
389 if (DMin != EMin)
390 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000391 // FIXME: When we track visibility for default function arguments, check
392 // that we pick the declaration with more visible default arguments.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000393 }
394
395 // Pick the template with more default template arguments.
396 if (auto *DTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
397 auto *ETD = cast<TemplateDecl>(EUnderlying);
398 unsigned DMin = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
399 unsigned EMin = ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getMinRequiredArguments();
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000400 // If D has more default arguments, it is preferred. Note that default
401 // arguments (and their visibility) is monotonically increasing across the
402 // redeclaration chain, so this is a quick proxy for "is more recent".
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000403 if (DMin != EMin)
404 return DMin < EMin;
Richard Smith535ff802015-09-11 22:39:35 +0000405 // If D has more *visible* default arguments, it is preferred. Note, an
406 // earlier default argument being visible does not imply that a later
407 // default argument is visible, so we can't just check the first one.
408 for (unsigned I = DMin, N = DTD->getTemplateParameters()->size();
409 I != N; ++I) {
410 if (!S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
411 ETD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)) &&
412 S.hasVisibleDefaultArgument(
413 DTD->getTemplateParameters()->getParam(I)))
414 return true;
415 }
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000416 }
417
418 // For most kinds of declaration, it doesn't really matter which one we pick.
419 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(DUnderlying) && !isa<VarDecl>(DUnderlying)) {
420 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
421 // keep what we've got.
422 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
423 }
424
425 // Pick the newer declaration; it might have a more precise type.
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000426 for (Decl *Prev = DUnderlying->getPreviousDecl(); Prev;
427 Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl())
428 if (Prev == EUnderlying)
429 return true;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000430 return false;
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000431
432 // If the existing declaration is hidden, prefer the new one. Otherwise,
433 // keep what we've got.
434 return !S.isVisible(Existing);
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000435}
436
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000437/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000438void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000439 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000440
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000441 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000442 if (N == 0) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000443 assert(ResultKind == NotFound ||
444 ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000445 return;
446 }
447
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000448 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
449 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000450 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000451 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
452 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000453 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000454 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000455 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
456 return;
457 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000458
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000459 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000460 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000461
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000462 llvm::SmallDenseMap<NamedDecl*, unsigned, 16> Unique;
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000463 llvm::SmallDenseMap<QualType, unsigned, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000464
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000465 bool Ambiguous = false;
466 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000467 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000468
469 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000470
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 unsigned I = 0;
472 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000473 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
474 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000475
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000476 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
Richard Smith5cd86f82015-11-03 03:13:11 +0000477 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !(I == 0 && N == 1)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000478 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
479 continue;
480 }
481
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000482 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ExistingI;
483
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000484 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
485 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
486 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
487 // canonical type.
488 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000489 // FIXME: Why are nested type declarations treated differently?
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000490 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +0000491 QualType T = getSema().Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000492 auto UniqueResult = UniqueTypes.insert(
493 std::make_pair(getSema().Context.getCanonicalType(T), I));
494 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
495 // The type is not unique.
496 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000497 }
498 }
499 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000500
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000501 // For non-type declarations, check for a prior lookup result naming this
502 // canonical declaration.
503 if (!ExistingI) {
504 auto UniqueResult = Unique.insert(std::make_pair(D, I));
505 if (!UniqueResult.second) {
506 // We've seen this entity before.
507 ExistingI = UniqueResult.first->second;
Richard Smitha534a312015-07-21 23:54:07 +0000508 }
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000509 }
510
511 if (ExistingI) {
512 // This is not a unique lookup result. Pick one of the results and
513 // discard the other.
Richard Smithcd31b852015-08-22 21:37:34 +0000514 if (isPreferredLookupResult(getSema(), getLookupKind(), Decls[I],
Richard Smith826711d2015-07-29 23:38:25 +0000515 Decls[*ExistingI]))
516 Decls[*ExistingI] = Decls[I];
517 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000518 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000519 }
520
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000521 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000522
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000523 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
524 HasUnresolved = true;
525 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
526 if (HasTag)
527 Ambiguous = true;
528 UniqueTagIndex = I;
529 HasTag = true;
530 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
531 HasFunction = true;
532 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
533 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
534 HasFunction = true;
535 } else {
536 if (HasNonFunction)
537 Ambiguous = true;
538 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000539 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000540 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000541 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000542
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000543 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
544 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
545 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
546 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
547 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
548 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
549 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
550 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
551 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000552 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000553 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000554 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
555 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000556 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
557 else
558 Ambiguous = true;
559 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000560
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000561 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000562
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000563 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000564 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000565
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000566 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000567 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000568 else if (HasUnresolved)
569 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000570 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000571 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000572 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000573 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000574}
575
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000576void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000577 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000578 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000579 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
580 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000581 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000582}
583
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000584void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000585 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
586 Paths->swap(P);
587 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
588 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000589 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000590}
591
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000592void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000593 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
594 Paths->swap(P);
595 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
596 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000597 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000598}
599
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000600void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000601 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
602 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
603 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000604
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000605 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
606 Out << "\n";
607 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
608 }
609}
610
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000611/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
612/// fail.
613static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
614 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
615
616 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
617 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
618 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
619 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
620 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
621 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
622 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000623 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
624 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
625 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
626 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
627 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
628 return true;
629 }
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000630 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName &&
631 II == S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqName()) {
632 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getMakeIntegerSeqDecl());
633 return true;
634 }
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000635
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000636 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
637 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
638 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
639 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000640 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000641 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
642 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000643
644 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
645 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000646 R.isForRedeclaration(),
647 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000648 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000649 return true;
650 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000651 }
652 }
653 }
654
655 return false;
656}
657
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000658/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
659/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000660static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000661 // We need to have a definition for the class.
662 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
663 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000664
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000665 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000666 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000667}
668
669void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000670 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000671 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000672
673 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000674 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000675 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000676
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000677 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000678 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000679 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000680
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000681 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000682 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000683 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
684
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000685 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000686 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
687 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
688 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
689
690 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
691 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
692 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
693 }
694
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000695 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000696 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000697 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000698}
699
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000700/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000701/// special member function.
702static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
703 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000704 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000705 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
706 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000707
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000708 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
709 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000710
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000711 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000712 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000713 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000714
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000715 return false;
716}
717
718/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
719/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000720static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000721 DeclarationName Name,
722 const DeclContext *DC) {
723 if (!DC)
724 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000725
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000726 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000727 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
728 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000729 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000730 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000731 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000732 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000733 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000734 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000735 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000736 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
737 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000738 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000739 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000740
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000741 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
742 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000743 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000744 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000745 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000746 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000747
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000748 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
749 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
750 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000751
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000752 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000753 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000754 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000755 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000756 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000757 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000758 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
759 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
760 }
761 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000762 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000763
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000764 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000765 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000766 }
767}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000768
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000769// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
770// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000771static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000772 bool Found = false;
773
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000774 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000775 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000776 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000777
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000778 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
Richard Smithcf4bdde2015-02-21 02:45:19 +0000779 DeclContext::lookup_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
780 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000781 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000782 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000783 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000784 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000785 Found = true;
786 }
787 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000788
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000789 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
790 return true;
791
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000792 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000793 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
794 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
795 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
796 return Found;
797
798 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000799 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000800 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
801 // context of the use are considered. [...]
802 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000803 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000804 return Found;
805
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000806 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
807 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000808 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
809 if (!ConvTemplate)
810 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000811
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000812 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000813 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
814 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000815 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
816 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
817 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
818 Found = true;
819 continue;
820 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000821
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000822 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000823 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
824 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000825 // name lookup.
826 //
827 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
828 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000829 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000830 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
831 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000832 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000833 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000834
835 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000836 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
837 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000838
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000839 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
840 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
841 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000842 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000843 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000844 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000845 QualType ExpectedType
846 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000847 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000848
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000849 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
850 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000851 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000852 Specialization, Info)
853 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
854 R.addDecl(Specialization);
855 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000856 }
857 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000858
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000859 return Found;
860}
861
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000862// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000863static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000864CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000865 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000866
867 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
868
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000869 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000870 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000871
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000872 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
873 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +0000874 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS))
875 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UUE.getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000876 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000877
878 R.resolveKind();
879
880 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000881}
882
883static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000884 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000885 return Ctx->isFileContext();
886 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000887}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000888
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000889// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
890// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
891// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
892// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
893// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
894// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
895// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
896static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000897 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000898 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000899 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000900 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
901 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000902 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000903 break;
904 }
905 }
906
907 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
908 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
909 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
910 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
911 // a member of this namespace.
912 //
913 // Example:
914 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000915 // namespace N {
916 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000917 //
918 // template<class T> class B {
919 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000920 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000921 // }
922 //
923 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
924 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
925 // }
926 //
927 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
928 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000929 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000930 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
931 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
932
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000933 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000934 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
935 // template<class C>.
936 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
937 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
938 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
939 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000940
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000941 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
942 // the example, this is namespace N.
943 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
944 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
945 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000946
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000947 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
948 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
949 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
950 // example, this is the global scope.
951 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
952 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
953 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
954
955 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000956}
957
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000958namespace {
959/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
960/// declarations.
961struct FindLocalExternScope {
962 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
963 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
964 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
965 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
966 }
967 void restore() {
968 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
969 }
970 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
971 restore();
972 }
973 LookupResult &R;
974 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
975};
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +0000976} // end anonymous namespace
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000977
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000978bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000979 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000980
981 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000982 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000983
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000984 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
985 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
986 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
987 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000988 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000989 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
990 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000991
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000992 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
993 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
994
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000995 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000996 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000997 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
998 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000999
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001000 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +00001001 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001002 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
1003 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
1004 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00001005 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001006 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001007 //
1008 // For example:
1009 // namespace A { int i; }
1010 // void foo() {
1011 // int i;
1012 // {
1013 // using namespace A;
1014 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
1015 // }
1016 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001017 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001018 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
1019 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001020 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001021 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001022
1023 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1024 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1025
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001026 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001027 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001028
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001029 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001030 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001031 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001032 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001033 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1034 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1035 // out-of-scope.
1036 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
1037 LeftStartingScope = true;
1038
1039 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +00001040 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
1041 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
1042 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
1043 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001044 R.setShadowed();
1045 continue;
1046 }
1047 }
1048
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001049 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001050 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001051 }
1052 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001053 if (Found) {
1054 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +00001055 if (S->isClassScope())
1056 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
1057 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001058 return true;
1059 }
1060
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001061 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001062 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
1063 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
1064 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
1065 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
1066 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
1067 return false;
1068 }
1069
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001070 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1071 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1072 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001073 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001074 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1075 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1076 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1077 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001078 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001079 }
1080
1081 if (Ctx) {
1082 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1083 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001084 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00001085 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1086 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1087
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00001088 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001089 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1090 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1091 // non-transparent context.
1092 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001093 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001094
1095 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
1096 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
1097 // function/method are present within the Scope.
1098 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
1099 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
1100 // in the corresponding interface.
1101 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
1102 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1103 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1104 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1105 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001106 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001107 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001108 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1109 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001110 R.resolveKind();
1111 return true;
1112 }
1113 }
1114 }
1115 }
1116
1117 continue;
1118 }
1119
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001120 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1121 // lookup considering using directives.
1122 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001123 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1124 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1125 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001126 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1127 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1128 continue;
1129
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001130 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001131 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001132
1133 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1134 // from local scopes.
1135 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1136 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1137 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1138 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1139 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1140
1141 UDirs.done();
1142
1143 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1144 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001145
1146 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1147 R.resolveKind();
1148 return true;
1149 }
1150
1151 continue;
1152 }
1153
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001154 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1155 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1156 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1157 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1158 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1159 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001160 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001161 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001162 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001163 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001164 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001165
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001166 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1167 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1168 if (!S) return false;
1169
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001170 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001171 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001172 return false;
1173
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001174 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001175 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001176 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001177 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1178 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001179 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1180 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1181 UDirs.done();
1182 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001183
1184 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1185 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1186 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1187 FindLocals.restore();
1188
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001189 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001190 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1191 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1192 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1193 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001194 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001195 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001196 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001197 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001198 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1199 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1200 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1201 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001202 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001203 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001204 }
1205 }
1206
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001207 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001208 R.resolveKind();
1209 return true;
1210 }
1211
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001212 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001213 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1214 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1215 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001216 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001217 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1218 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1219 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1220 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001221 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001222 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001223
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001224 if (Ctx) {
1225 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1226 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001227 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001228 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1229 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1230
1231 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1232 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1233 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1234 // non-transparent context.
1235 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1236 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001237
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001238 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1239 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1240 // look into that context.
1241 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1242 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1243 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001244
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001245 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1246 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1247 Found = true;
1248 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001249
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001250 if (Found) {
1251 R.resolveKind();
1252 return true;
1253 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001254
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001255 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1256 return false;
1257 }
1258 }
1259
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001260 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001261 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001262 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001263
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001264 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001265}
1266
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001267/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1268/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1269static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1270 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1271}
1272
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001273Module *Sema::getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1274 // If it's imported, grab its owning module.
1275 Module *M = Entity->getImportedOwningModule();
1276 if (M || !isa<NamedDecl>(Entity) || !cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->isHidden())
1277 return M;
1278 assert(!Entity->isFromASTFile() &&
1279 "hidden entity from AST file has no owning module");
1280
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001281 if (!getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1282 // If we're not tracking visibility locally, the only way a declaration
1283 // can be hidden and local is if it's hidden because it's parent is (for
1284 // instance, maybe this is a lazily-declared special member of an imported
1285 // class).
1286 auto *Parent = cast<NamedDecl>(Entity->getDeclContext());
1287 assert(Parent->isHidden() && "unexpectedly hidden decl");
1288 return getOwningModule(Parent);
1289 }
1290
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001291 // It's local and hidden; grab or compute its owning module.
1292 M = Entity->getLocalOwningModule();
1293 if (M)
1294 return M;
1295
1296 if (auto *Containing =
1297 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Entity->getLocation())) {
1298 M = Containing;
1299 } else if (Entity->isInvalidDecl() || Entity->getLocation().isInvalid()) {
1300 // Don't bother tracking visibility for invalid declarations with broken
1301 // locations.
1302 cast<NamedDecl>(Entity)->setHidden(false);
1303 } else {
1304 // We need to assign a module to an entity that exists outside of any
1305 // module, so that we can hide it from modules that we textually enter.
1306 // Invent a fake module for all such entities.
1307 if (!CachedFakeTopLevelModule) {
1308 CachedFakeTopLevelModule =
1309 PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap().findOrCreateModule(
1310 "<top-level>", nullptr, false, false).first;
1311
1312 auto &SrcMgr = PP.getSourceManager();
1313 SourceLocation StartLoc =
1314 SrcMgr.getLocForStartOfFile(SrcMgr.getMainFileID());
1315 auto &TopLevel =
1316 VisibleModulesStack.empty() ? VisibleModules : VisibleModulesStack[0];
1317 TopLevel.setVisible(CachedFakeTopLevelModule, StartLoc);
1318 }
1319
1320 M = CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1321 }
1322
1323 if (M)
1324 Entity->setLocalOwningModule(M);
1325 return M;
1326}
1327
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001328void Sema::makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc) {
Richard Smith87bb5692015-06-09 00:35:49 +00001329 if (auto *M = PP.getModuleContainingLocation(Loc))
1330 Context.mergeDefinitionIntoModule(ND, M);
1331 else
1332 // We're not building a module; just make the definition visible.
1333 ND->setHidden(false);
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001334
1335 // If ND is a template declaration, make the template parameters
1336 // visible too. They're not (necessarily) within a mergeable DeclContext.
1337 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(ND))
1338 for (auto *Param : *TD->getTemplateParameters())
1339 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Param, Loc);
Richard Smithd9ba2242015-05-07 03:54:19 +00001340}
1341
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001342/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001343static Module *getDefiningModule(Sema &S, Decl *Entity) {
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001344 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1345 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1346 // the module containing the pattern.
1347 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1348 Entity = Pattern;
1349 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
Reid Klecknere7367d62014-10-14 20:28:40 +00001350 if (CXXRecordDecl *Pattern = RD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1351 Entity = Pattern;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001352 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1353 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1354 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1355 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1356 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1357 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1358 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1359 }
1360
1361 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1362 // from a template.
1363 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1364 if (Context->isFileContext())
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001365 return S.getOwningModule(Entity);
1366 return getDefiningModule(S, cast<Decl>(Context));
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001367}
1368
1369llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1370 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1371 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1372 I != N; ++I) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001373 Module *M =
1374 getDefiningModule(*this, ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001375 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001376 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001377 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1378 }
1379 return LookupModulesCache;
1380}
1381
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001382bool Sema::hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def) {
1383 for (Module *Merged : Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Def))
1384 if (isModuleVisible(Merged))
1385 return true;
1386 return false;
1387}
1388
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001389template<typename ParmDecl>
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001390static bool
1391hasVisibleDefaultArgument(Sema &S, const ParmDecl *D,
1392 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001393 if (!D->hasDefaultArgument())
1394 return false;
1395
1396 while (D) {
1397 auto &DefaultArg = D->getDefaultArgStorage();
1398 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && S.isVisible(D))
1399 return true;
1400
Richard Smith63e09bf2015-06-17 20:39:41 +00001401 if (!DefaultArg.isInherited() && Modules) {
1402 auto *NonConstD = const_cast<ParmDecl*>(D);
1403 Modules->push_back(S.getOwningModule(NonConstD));
1404 const auto &Merged = S.Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(NonConstD);
1405 Modules->insert(Modules->end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
1406 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001407
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001408 // If there was a previous default argument, maybe its parameter is visible.
1409 D = DefaultArg.getInheritedFrom();
1410 }
1411 return false;
1412}
1413
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001414bool Sema::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1415 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules) {
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001416 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001417 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001418 if (auto *P = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00001419 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, P, Modules);
1420 return ::hasVisibleDefaultArgument(*this, cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D),
1421 Modules);
Richard Smithe7bd6de2015-06-10 20:30:23 +00001422}
1423
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001424/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1425///
1426/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1427/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1428/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1429/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1430/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1431/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1432bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001433 assert(D->isHidden() && "should not call this: not in slow case");
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001434 Module *DeclModule = nullptr;
1435
1436 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
1437 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1438 if (!DeclModule) {
1439 // getOwningModule() may have decided the declaration should not be hidden.
1440 assert(!D->isHidden() && "hidden decl not from a module");
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001441 return true;
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001442 }
1443
1444 // If the owning module is visible, and the decl is not module private,
1445 // then the decl is visible too. (Module private is ignored within the same
1446 // top-level module.)
1447 if ((!D->isFromASTFile() || !D->isModulePrivate()) &&
1448 (SemaRef.isModuleVisible(DeclModule) ||
1449 SemaRef.hasVisibleMergedDefinition(D)))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001450 return true;
1451 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001452
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001453 // If this declaration is not at namespace scope nor module-private,
1454 // then it is visible if its lexical parent has a visible definition.
1455 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
1456 if (!D->isModulePrivate() &&
1457 DC && !DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smithc7d48d12015-05-20 17:50:35 +00001458 // For a parameter, check whether our current template declaration's
1459 // lexical context is visible, not whether there's some other visible
1460 // definition of it, because parameters aren't "within" the definition.
1461 if ((D->isTemplateParameter() || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
1462 ? isVisible(SemaRef, cast<NamedDecl>(DC))
1463 : SemaRef.hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(DC))) {
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001464 if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1465 // FIXME: Do something better in this case.
1466 !SemaRef.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) {
Richard Smithbe3980b2015-03-27 00:41:57 +00001467 // Cache the fact that this declaration is implicitly visible because
1468 // its parent has a visible definition.
1469 D->setHidden(false);
1470 }
1471 return true;
1472 }
1473 return false;
1474 }
1475
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001476 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1477 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1478 if (LookupModules.empty())
1479 return false;
1480
Richard Smith5196a172015-08-24 03:38:11 +00001481 if (!DeclModule) {
1482 DeclModule = SemaRef.getOwningModule(D);
1483 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1484 }
1485
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001486 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1487 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1488 return true;
1489
1490 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1491 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1492 return false;
1493
1494 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1495 // the lookup set.
1496 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1497 E = LookupModules.end();
1498 I != E; ++I)
1499 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1500 return true;
1501 return false;
1502}
1503
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00001504bool Sema::isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D) {
1505 return LookupResult::isVisible(*this, const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
1506}
1507
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001508/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1509///
1510/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1511/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1512/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001513///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001514/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1515/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001516static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1517 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001518
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001519 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1520 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe8292b12015-02-10 03:28:10 +00001521 // FIXME: This is wrong in the case where the previous declaration is not
1522 // visible in the same scope as D. This needs to be done much more
1523 // carefully.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001524 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001525 return ND;
1526 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001527 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001528
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001529 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001530}
1531
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001532NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
Kaelyn Takatafc8c61a2014-11-11 23:00:42 +00001533 return findAcceptableDecl(getSema(), D);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001534}
1535
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001536/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1537/// scope.
1538///
1539/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1540/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1541/// @code
1542/// int x;
1543/// int f() {
1544/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1545/// }
1546/// @endcode
1547///
1548/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1549/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1550/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1551/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1552/// class LookupCriteria.
1553///
1554/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1555/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1556/// in the parent scopes.
1557///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001558/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1559/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1560/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1561/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001562///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001563/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001564bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1565 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001566 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001567
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001568 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1569
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001570 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001571 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1572 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001573 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001574 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1575 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001576 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001577 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001578 }
1579
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001580 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1581 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1582
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001583 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1584 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1585 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1586 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001587 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1588
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001589 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001590 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001591 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001592 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001593 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1594 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1595 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001596 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001597 LeftStartingScope = true;
1598
1599 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1600 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001601 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1602 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001603 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001604 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001605 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001606 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1607 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1608 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001609
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001610 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001611
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001612 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1613 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001614 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001615 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1616 // actually exists in a Scope).
1617 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1618 S = S->getParent();
1619
1620 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1621 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1622 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1623 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001624 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001625
1626 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001627 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001628 if (!S)
1629 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1630
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001631 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1632 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001633 if (S) {
1634 // Match based on scope.
1635 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1636 break;
1637 } else {
1638 // Match based on DeclContext.
1639 DeclContext *LastDC
1640 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1641 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1642 break;
1643 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001644
1645 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1646 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1647 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001648 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001649
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001650 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001651 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001652
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001653 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001654 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001655 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001656 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001657 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001658 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001659 }
1660
1661 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1662 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1663 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001664 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1665 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001666
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001667 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1668 // may be able to handle the situation.
1669 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1670 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1671 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001672}
1673
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001674/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1675/// using directives by the given context.
1676///
1677/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001678/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001679/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1680/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1681/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1682/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1683/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1684/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1685/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1686/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1687/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1688/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1689/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1690/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001691///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001692/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1693/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1694/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1695/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1696/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1697/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1698/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1699/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1700/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001701static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001702 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001703 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1704
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001705 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1706 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001707
1708 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001709 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001710 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1711
1712 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1713 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001714 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001715
1716 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1717 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001718 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1719 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001720 if (Visited.insert(ND).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001721 Queue.push_back(ND);
1722 }
1723
1724 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1725 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1726 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1727 // a tag.
1728 bool FoundTag = false;
1729 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1730
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001731 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001732
1733 bool Found = false;
1734 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001735 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001736
1737 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1738 // between LookupResults.
1739 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001740 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001741 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001742
1743 if (FoundDirect) {
1744 // First do any local hiding.
1745 DirectR.resolveKind();
1746
1747 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1748 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1749 FoundTag = true;
1750 else
1751 FoundNonTag = true;
1752
1753 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1754 if (UseLocal) {
1755 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1756 LocalR.clear();
1757 }
1758 }
1759
1760 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1761 if (FoundDirect) {
1762 Found = true;
1763 continue;
1764 }
1765
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001766 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001767 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00001768 if (Visited.insert(Nom).second)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001769 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1770 }
1771 }
1772
1773 if (Found) {
1774 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1775 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1776 else
1777 R.resolveKind();
1778 }
1779
1780 return Found;
1781}
1782
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001783/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001784static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001785 CXXBasePath &Path, DeclarationName Name) {
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001786 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001787
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001788 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001789 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001790}
1791
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001792/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001793/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1794template<typename InputIterator>
1795static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1796 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1797 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1798 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001799
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001800 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1801 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1802 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1803 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1804 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001805
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001806 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1807 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1808 break;
1809 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001810
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001811 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1812 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1813 break;
1814 }
1815 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001816
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001817 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1818 return true;
1819 }
1820
1821 return false;
1822}
1823
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001824/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001825///
1826/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1827/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001828/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001829///
1830/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1831/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1832/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1833/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1834/// class LookupCriteria.
1835///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001836/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1837///
1838/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001839/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1840/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1841///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001842/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001843/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001844///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001845/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1846bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1847 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001848 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001849
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001850 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001851 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001852
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001853 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1854 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1855 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001856 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001857 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001858 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001859
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001860 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001861 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001862 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001863 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1864 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001865 return true;
1866 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001867
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001868 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1869 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1870 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1871 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1872 // for the namespace member has the form
1873 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1874 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1875 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1876 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001877 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001878 return false;
1879
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001880 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001881 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001882 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001883
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001884 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001885 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001886 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001887 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001888 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001889
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001890 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1891 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001892 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001893 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1894 // or we have to fail.
1895 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1896 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1897 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1898 return false;
1899 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001900
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001901 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001902 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1903 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001904
1905 // Look for this member in our base classes
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001906 bool (*BaseCallback)(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path,
1907 DeclarationName Name) = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001908 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001909 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001910 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1911 case LookupMemberName:
1912 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001913 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001914 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1915 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001916
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001917 case LookupTagName:
1918 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1919 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001920
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001921 case LookupAnyName:
1922 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1923 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001924
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001925 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1926 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001927
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001928 case LookupOperatorName:
1929 case LookupNamespaceName:
1930 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001931 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001932 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001933 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001934
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001935 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1936 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1937 break;
1938 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001939
Benjamin Kramer6e4f6e12015-07-25 15:07:25 +00001940 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1941 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(
1942 [=](const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
1943 return BaseCallback(Specifier, Path, Name);
1944 },
1945 Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001946 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001947
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001948 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1949
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001950 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1951 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1952 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1953 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1954 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1955 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001956 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001957 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001958 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001959
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001960 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001961 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001962 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001963
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001964 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1965 // across all paths.
1966 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001967
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001968 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1969 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001970 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001971 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1972 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001973 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001974 }
1975
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001976 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001977 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1978 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001979 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00001980 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001981 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001982 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001983 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1984 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001985
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001986 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1987 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001988 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1989 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1990 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001991
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001992 ++FirstD;
1993 ++CurrentD;
1994 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001995
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001996 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1997 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001998 continue;
1999 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002000
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002001 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
2002 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002003 }
2004
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00002005 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002006 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
2007
2008 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
2009 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
2010 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002011 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002012 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002013 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002014
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002015 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
2016 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002017 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
2018 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002019 }
2020 }
2021
2022 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
2023
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002024 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00002025 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
2026 D->getAccess());
2027 R.addDecl(D, AS);
2028 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002029 R.resolveKind();
2030 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002031}
2032
Nikola Smiljanicfce370e2014-12-01 23:15:01 +00002033/// \brief Performs qualified name lookup or special type of lookup for
2034/// "__super::" scope specifier.
2035///
2036/// This routine is a convenience overload meant to be called from contexts
2037/// that need to perform a qualified name lookup with an optional C++ scope
2038/// specifier that might require special kind of lookup.
2039///
2040/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2041///
2042/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
2043/// search.
2044///
2045/// \param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier.
2046///
2047/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
2048bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2049 CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
2050 auto *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
2051 if (NNS && NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2052 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2053 else
2054
2055 return LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx);
2056}
2057
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002058/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
2059/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
2060///
2061/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
2062/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
2063/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
2064/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002065/// respectively) on the given name and return those results. It will
2066/// perform a special type of lookup for "__super::" scope specifier.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002067///
2068/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
2069/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002070///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002071/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002072///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002073/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
2074/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
2075///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002076/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002077bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002078 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002079 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
2080 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002081 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002082 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002083 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002084
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002085 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002086 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS->getScopeRep();
2087 if (NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
2088 return LookupInSuper(R, NNS->getAsRecordDecl());
2089
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002090 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002091 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002092 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00002093 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002094 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002095
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002096 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002097 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002098 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00002099
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002100 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00002102 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00002103 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
2104 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00002105 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002106 }
2107
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002108 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002109 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00002110}
2111
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002112/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into all base classes of the given
2113/// class.
2114///
2115/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
2116///
2117/// \param Class The context in which qualified name lookup will
2118/// search. Name lookup will search in all base classes merging the results.
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002119///
2120/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
2121bool Sema::LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002122 // The access-control rules we use here are essentially the rules for
2123 // doing a lookup in Class that just magically skipped the direct
2124 // members of Class itself. That is, the naming class is Class, and the
2125 // access includes the access of the base.
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002126 for (const auto &BaseSpec : Class->bases()) {
2127 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
2128 BaseSpec.getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2129 LookupResult Result(*this, R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind());
2130 Result.setBaseObjectType(Context.getRecordType(Class));
2131 LookupQualifiedName(Result, RD);
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002132
2133 // Copy the lookup results into the target, merging the base's access into
2134 // the path access.
2135 for (auto I = Result.begin(), E = Result.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2136 R.addDecl(I.getDecl(),
2137 CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier(),
2138 I.getAccess()));
2139 }
2140
2141 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002142 }
2143
2144 R.resolveKind();
John McCallf4a1b772015-09-09 23:04:17 +00002145 R.setNamingClass(Class);
Nikola Smiljanic905bfda2014-10-04 10:17:57 +00002146
2147 return !R.empty();
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00002148}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002149
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002150/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002151/// from name lookup.
2152///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00002153/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002154void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002155 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
2156
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002157 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
2158 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
2159 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
2160
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002161 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
2162 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
2163 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
2164 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
2165 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
2166 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
2167 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002168
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002169 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002170 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
2171 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
2172 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002173
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002174 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002175 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002176 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002177
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002178 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002179 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
2180 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002181
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002182 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002183 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002184 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
2185 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002186 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002187 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00002188 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
2189 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
2190 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002191 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00002192 }
2193
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002194 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
2195 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00002196
Nick Lewycky4b81fc872015-10-18 20:32:12 +00002197 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 8> TagDecls;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002198
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002199 for (auto *D : Result)
2200 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002201 TagDecls.insert(TD);
2202 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
2203 }
2204
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002205 for (auto *D : Result)
2206 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
2207 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002208
2209 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00002210 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
2211 while (F.hasNext()) {
2212 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
2213 F.erase();
2214 }
2215 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002216 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002217 }
2218
2219 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
2220 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002221
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002222 for (auto *D : Result)
2223 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002224 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00002225 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00002226 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002227}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002228
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002229namespace {
2230 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002231 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002232 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2233 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002234 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
2235 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002236 }
2237
2238 Sema &S;
2239 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
2240 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002241 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002242 };
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00002243} // end anonymous namespace
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002244
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002245static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002246addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002247
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002248static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
2249 DeclContext *Ctx) {
2250 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
2251
2252 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
2253 // be a locally scoped record.
2254
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00002255 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
2256 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
2257 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
2258 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
2259 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002260 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
2261
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002262 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00002263 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002264}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002265
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002267// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002268static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002269addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2270 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002271 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002272 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002273 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2274 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2275 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002276
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002277 case TemplateArgument::Type:
2278 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
2279 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
2280 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002281 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002282 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002283
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002284 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002285 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002286 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
2287 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002288 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002289 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002290 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002291 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002292 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
2293 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002294 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002295 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002296 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002297 }
2298 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002299 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002300
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002301 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002302 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
2303 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00002304 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002305 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002306 // associated namespaces. ]
2307 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002308
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002309 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00002310 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
2311 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002312 break;
2313 }
2314}
2315
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002316// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002317// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
2318// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2319static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002320addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
2321 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2322
2323 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2324 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2325 return;
2326
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002327 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2328 // [...]
2329 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2330 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2331 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2332 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002333 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002334
2335 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2336 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2337 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002338 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002339 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002340 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002341
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002342 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2343 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002344 //
2345 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2346 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2347 // added its base classes yet.
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002348 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class).second)
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002349 return;
2350
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002351 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2352 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002353 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002354 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002355 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002356 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2357 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2358 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002359 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002360 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002361 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2362 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2363 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002364 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002365 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002366 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002368 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2369 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002370 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002371 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002372
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002373 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002374 if (!Class->hasDefinition())
2375 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002376
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002377 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2378 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002379 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002380 Bases.push_back(Class);
2381 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2382 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002383 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002384
2385 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002386 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2387 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002388 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2389 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2390 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2391 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2392 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2393 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2394 if (!BaseType)
2395 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002396 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00002397 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl).second) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002398 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2399 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002400 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002401
2402 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2403 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2404 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2405 }
2406 }
2407 }
2408}
2409
2410// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2411// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002412// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2413static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002414addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002415 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2416 //
2417 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2418 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2419 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2420 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2421 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2422 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2423 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2424 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002425
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002426 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002427 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2428
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002429 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002430 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2431
2432#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2433#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2434#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2435#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2436#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2437#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2438 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2439 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2440 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2441 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2442 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002443 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002444
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002445 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2446 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2447 case Type::Pointer:
2448 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2449 continue;
2450 case Type::ConstantArray:
2451 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2452 case Type::VariableArray:
2453 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2454 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002455
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002456 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2457 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2458 case Type::Builtin:
2459 break;
2460
2461 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2462 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2463 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2464 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2465 // which its associated classes are defined.
2466 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002467 Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, QualType(T, 0),
2468 /*no diagnostic*/ 0);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002469 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2470 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002471 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002472 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002473 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002474
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002475 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2476 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002477 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002478 // it has no associated class.
2479 case Type::Enum: {
2480 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002481
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002482 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2483 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002484 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002485
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002486 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002487 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002488
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002489 break;
2490 }
2491
2492 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2493 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2494 // types and those associated with the return type.
2495 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2496 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002497 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2498 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002499 // fallthrough
2500 }
2501 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2502 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002503 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002504 continue;
2505 }
2506
2507 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2508 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2509 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2510 // together with those associated with X.
2511 //
2512 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2513 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2514 // with the member type together with those associated with
2515 // X.
2516 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2517 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2518
2519 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2520 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2521
2522 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2523 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2524 continue;
2525 }
2526
2527 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2528 case Type::BlockPointer:
2529 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2530 continue;
2531
2532 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2533 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2534 case Type::LValueReference:
2535 case Type::RValueReference:
2536 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2537 continue;
2538
2539 // These are fundamental types.
2540 case Type::Vector:
2541 case Type::ExtVector:
2542 case Type::Complex:
2543 break;
2544
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002545 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2546 case Type::Auto:
2547 break;
2548
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002549 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2550 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2551 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002552 case Type::ObjCObject:
2553 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2554 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002555 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002556 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002557
2558 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2559 // contained type.
2560 case Type::Atomic:
2561 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2562 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002563 }
2564
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002565 if (Queue.empty())
2566 break;
2567 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002568 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002569}
2570
2571/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2572/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2573/// arguments.
2574///
2575/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002576/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002577/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002578void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2579 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2580 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2581 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002582 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2583 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2584
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002585 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2586 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002587
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002588 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2589 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2590 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2591 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2592 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2593 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002594 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002595 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002596 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2597
2598 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002599 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002600 continue;
2601 }
2602
2603 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2604 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2605 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2606 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2607 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2608 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2609 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002610 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002611 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002612 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002613 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002614
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002615 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2616 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002617
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002618 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002619 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002620 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002621
2622 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2623 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002624 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002625 }
2626 }
2627}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002628
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002629NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002630 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002631 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2632 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002633 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002634 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002635 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002636}
2637
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002638/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002639ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002640 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2641 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002642 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002643 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002644 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2645}
2646
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002647void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002649 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002650 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2651 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2652 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2653 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2654 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002655 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002656 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002657 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2658 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002659
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002660 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002661 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002662}
2663
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002664Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002665 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2666 bool ConstArg,
2667 bool VolatileArg,
2668 bool RValueThis,
2669 bool ConstThis,
2670 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002671 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002672 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002673 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002674 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2675 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2676 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2677 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2678 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2679 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2680
2681 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002682 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002683 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2684 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2685 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2686 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2687 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2688 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2689
2690 void *InsertPoint;
2691 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2692 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2693
2694 // This was already cached
2695 if (Result)
2696 return Result;
2697
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002698 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2699 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002700 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2701
2702 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002703 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002704 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2705 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002706 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2707 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002708 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2709 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002710 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002711 return Result;
2712 }
2713
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002714 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2715 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002716 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002717 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002718 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002719 unsigned NumArgs;
2720
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002721 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2722 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2723
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002724 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2725 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2726 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002727 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2728 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002729 } else {
2730 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2731 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002732 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002733 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002734 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002735 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002736 } else {
2737 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002738 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002739 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002741 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002742 }
2743
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002744 if (ConstArg)
2745 ArgType.addConst();
2746 if (VolatileArg)
2747 ArgType.addVolatile();
2748
2749 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2750 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2751 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2752 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2753 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2754 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2755 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002756 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002757 VK = VK_LValue;
2758 else
2759 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002760 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002761
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002762 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2763
2764 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002765 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002766 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002767 }
2768
2769 // Create the object argument
2770 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2771 if (ConstThis)
2772 ThisTy.addConst();
2773 if (VolatileThis)
2774 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002775 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002776 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2777 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002778
2779 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2780 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2781 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002782 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002783 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
Richard Smith8c37ab52015-02-11 01:48:47 +00002784
2785 if (R.empty()) {
2786 // We might have no default constructor because we have a lambda's closure
2787 // type, rather than because there's some other declared constructor.
2788 // Every class has a copy/move constructor, copy/move assignment, and
2789 // destructor.
2790 assert(SM == CXXDefaultConstructor &&
2791 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
2792 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
2793 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
2794 return Result;
2795 }
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002796
2797 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2798 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2799 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2800
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002801 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002802 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002803 continue;
2804
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002805 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2806 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2807 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2808 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2809 // either.
2810 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2811
2812 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2813 continue;
2814 }
2815
2816 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002817 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002818 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002819 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2820 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002821 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002822 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2823 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002824 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002825 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002826 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2827 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002828 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002829 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002830 OCS, true);
2831 else
2832 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002833 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002834 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002835 } else {
2836 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002837 }
2838 }
2839
2840 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2841 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2842 case OR_Success:
2843 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002844 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002845 break;
2846
2847 case OR_Deleted:
2848 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002849 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002850 break;
2851
2852 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002853 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002854 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2855 break;
2856
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002857 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002858 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002859 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002860 break;
2861 }
2862
2863 return Result;
2864}
2865
2866/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2867CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002868 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002869 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2870 false, false);
2871
2872 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002873}
2874
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002875/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2876CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002877 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002878 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2879 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2880 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2881 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2882 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2883
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002884 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2885}
2886
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002887/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002888CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2889 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002890 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002891 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2892 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002893
2894 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2895}
2896
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002897/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2898DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002899 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002900 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002901 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002902 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002903 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002904 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002905 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002906 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002907 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002908
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002909 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2910 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2911 return Class->lookup(Name);
2912}
2913
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002914/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2915CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2916 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002917 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002918 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2919 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2920 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2921 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2922 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2923 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2924 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2925 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2926 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2927
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002928 return Result->getMethod();
2929}
2930
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002931/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2932CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002933 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002934 bool RValueThis,
2935 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2936 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2937 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2938 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002939 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2940 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002941 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2942 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2943
2944 return Result->getMethod();
2945}
2946
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002947/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2948///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002949/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2950/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002951///
2952/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2953CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002954 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2955 false, false, false,
2956 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002957}
2958
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002959/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2960/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2961///
2962/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2963/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2964/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2965Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2966Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2967 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002968 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2969 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002970 LookupName(R, S);
2971 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2972 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2973
2974 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2975 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2976
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002977 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002978 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2979 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002980 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2981
2982 while (F.hasNext()) {
2983 Decl *D = F.next();
2984 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2985 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2986
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002987 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2988 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2989 F.erase();
2990 continue;
2991 }
2992
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002993 bool IsRaw = false;
2994 bool IsTemplate = false;
2995 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2996 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2997
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002998 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2999 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
3000 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
3001 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00003002 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003003 IsExactMatch = true;
3004 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3005 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
3006 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
3007 IsExactMatch = false;
3008 break;
3009 }
3010 }
3011 }
3012 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003013 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
3014 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
3015 if (Params->size() == 1)
3016 IsTemplate = true;
3017 else
3018 IsStringTemplate = true;
3019 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003020
3021 if (IsExactMatch) {
3022 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003023 AllowRaw = false;
3024 AllowTemplate = false;
3025 AllowStringTemplate = false;
3026 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003027 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
3028 // already found.
3029 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003030 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003031 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003032 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
3033 FoundRaw = true;
3034 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
3035 FoundTemplate = true;
3036 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
3037 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003038 } else {
3039 F.erase();
3040 }
3041 }
3042
3043 F.done();
3044
3045 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
3046 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
3047 // or literal operator template.
3048 if (FoundExactMatch)
3049 return LOLR_Cooked;
3050
3051 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
3052 // operator template, but not both.
3053 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
3054 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003055 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
3056 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003057 return LOLR_Error;
3058 }
3059
3060 if (FoundRaw)
3061 return LOLR_Raw;
3062
3063 if (FoundTemplate)
3064 return LOLR_Template;
3065
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003066 if (FoundStringTemplate)
3067 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
3068
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003069 // Didn't find anything we could use.
3070 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
3071 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00003072 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
3073 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00003074 return LOLR_Error;
3075}
3076
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003077void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
3078 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
3079
3080 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
3081 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003082 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003083 Old = New;
3084 return;
3085 }
3086
3087 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003088 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
3089 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003090
3091 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
3092 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003093 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003094
3095 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
3096 // declaration; leave things as they are.
3097 if (!Cursor) return;
3098
3099 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
3100 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
3101
3102 // Otherwise, keep looking.
3103 }
3104
3105 Old = New;
3106}
3107
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003108void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
3109 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003110 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
3111 // arguments we have.
3112 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
3113 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00003114 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003115 AssociatedNamespaces,
3116 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003117
3118 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003119 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
3120 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
3121 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
3122 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
3123 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
3124 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
3125 // is the union of X and Y.
3126 //
3127 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
3128 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003129 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003130 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
3131 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
3132 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
3133 //
3134 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
3135 // ignored.
3136 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00003137 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003138 // associated classes are visible within their respective
3139 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
3140 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003141 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
3142 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00003143 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
3144 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003145 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
3146 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
3147 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
3148 continue;
3149
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00003150 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
3151 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
3152 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
3153 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
3154 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
3155 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
3156 break;
3157 }
3158 }
3159 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00003160 continue;
3161 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003162
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00003163 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
3164 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00003165
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00003166 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003167 continue;
3168
Richard Smitha1431072015-06-12 01:32:13 +00003169 if (!isVisible(D) && !(D = findAcceptableDecl(*this, D)))
3170 continue;
3171
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00003172 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00003173 }
3174 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003175}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003176
3177//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3178// Search for all visible declarations.
3179//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00003180VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003181
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003182bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
3183
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003184namespace {
3185
3186class ShadowContextRAII;
3187
3188class VisibleDeclsRecord {
3189public:
3190 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
3191 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
3192 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003193 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003194
3195private:
3196 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
3197 /// this name within a particular scope.
3198 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
3199
3200 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
3201 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
3202
3203 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
3204 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
3205
3206 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
3207
3208public:
3209 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
3210 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
3211 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
David Blaikie82e95a32014-11-19 07:49:47 +00003212 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx).second;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003213 }
3214
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003215 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
3216 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
3217 }
3218
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003219 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
3220 /// current scope.
3221 ///
3222 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
3223 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
3224 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
3225
3226 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00003227 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
3228 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
3229 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003230};
3231
3232/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
3233class ShadowContextRAII {
3234 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
3235
3236 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
3237
3238public:
3239 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00003240 Visible.ShadowMaps.emplace_back();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003241 }
3242
3243 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003244 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
3245 }
3246};
3247
3248} // end anonymous namespace
3249
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003250NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00003251 // Look through using declarations.
3252 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003253
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003254 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
3255 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
3256 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
3257 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
3258 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
3259 if (Pos == SM->end())
3260 continue;
3261
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003262 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003263 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003264 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003265 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003266 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
3267 continue;
3268
3269 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003270 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003271 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003272 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003273 continue;
3274
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003275 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
3276 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
3277 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003278 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00003279 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003280 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00003281 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003282
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003283 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003284 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003285 }
3286 }
3287
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003288 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003289}
3290
3291static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
3292 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003293 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003294 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3295 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00003296 if (!Ctx)
3297 return;
3298
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003299 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
3300 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
3301 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003302
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003303 // Outside C++, lookup results for the TU live on identifiers.
3304 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Ctx) &&
3305 !Result.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3306 auto &S = Result.getSema();
3307 auto &Idents = S.Context.Idents;
3308
3309 // Ensure all external identifiers are in the identifier table.
3310 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External = Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
3311 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
3312 for (StringRef Name = Iter->Next(); !Name.empty(); Name = Iter->Next())
3313 Idents.get(Name);
3314 }
3315
3316 // Walk all lookup results in the TU for each identifier.
3317 for (const auto &Ident : Idents) {
3318 for (auto I = S.IdResolver.begin(Ident.getValue()),
3319 E = S.IdResolver.end();
3320 I != E; ++I) {
3321 if (S.IdResolver.isDeclInScope(*I, Ctx)) {
3322 if (NamedDecl *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
3323 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3324 Visited.add(ND);
3325 }
3326 }
3327 }
3328 }
3329
3330 return;
3331 }
3332
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00003333 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
3334 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
3335
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003336 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Richard Trieu20abd6b2015-04-15 03:48:48 +00003337 for (DeclContextLookupResult R : Ctx->lookups()) {
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00003338 for (auto *D : R) {
3339 if (auto *ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(D)) {
3340 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
3341 Visited.add(ND);
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00003342 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003343 }
3344 }
3345
3346 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
3347 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
3348 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00003349 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00003350 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003351 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003352 }
3353 }
3354
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003355 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003356 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00003357 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
3358 return;
3359
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00003360 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
3361 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003362
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003363 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3364 // there anyway.
3365 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3366 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003367
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003368 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3369 if (!Record)
3370 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003371
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003372 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3373 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3374 //
3375 // struct A { int member; };
3376 // struct B { int member; };
3377 // struct C : A, B { };
3378 //
3379 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3380 //
3381 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3382 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3383 // class, e.g.,
3384 //
3385 // c->B::member
3386 //
3387 // or
3388 //
3389 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003390
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003391 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3392 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3393 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003394 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003395 }
3396 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003397
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003398 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3399 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3400 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003401 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003402 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003403 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003404 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003405 }
3406
3407 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003408 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003409 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003410 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003411 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003412 }
3413
3414 // Traverse the superclass.
3415 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3416 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3417 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003418 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003419 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003420
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003421 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3422 // synthesized ivars.
3423 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3424 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003425 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003426 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003427 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003428 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003429 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003430 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003431 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003432 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003433 }
3434 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003435 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003436 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003437 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003438 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003439 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003440
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003441 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3442 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3443 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003444 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003445 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003446 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003447 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003448}
3449
3450static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3451 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3452 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3453 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3454 if (!S)
3455 return;
3456
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003457 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3458 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003459 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3460 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003461 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003462 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003463 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3464 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003465 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003466 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003467 Visited.add(ND);
3468 }
3469 }
3470 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003471
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003472 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003473 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003474 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003475 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3476 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3477 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003478 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003479 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003480
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003481 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003482 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003483 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3484 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3485 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3486 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3487 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003488 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003489 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003490 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003491 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003492 }
3493
3494 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3495 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3496 // outer scope.
3497 break;
3498 }
3499
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003500 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3501 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003502
3503 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003504 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003505 }
3506 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3507 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3508 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3509 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3510 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3511 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3512 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003513 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003514 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003515 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003516 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003517 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003518 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003519 }
3520
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003521 if (Entity) {
3522 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3523 // directives.
Benjamin Kramerb4ef6682015-02-06 17:25:10 +00003524 for (const UnqualUsingEntry &UUE : UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity))
3525 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UUE.getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003526 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003527 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003528 }
3529
3530 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3531 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3532 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3533}
3534
3535void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003536 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3537 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003538 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3539 // unqualified name lookup.
3540 Scope *Initial = S;
3541 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003542 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003543 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3544 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3545 S = S->getParent();
3546
3547 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3548 }
3549 UDirs.done();
3550
3551 // Look for visible declarations.
3552 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003553 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003554 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003555 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3556 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003557 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3558 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3559}
3560
3561void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003562 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3563 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003564 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003565 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003566 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003567 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3568 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003569 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003570 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003571 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003572}
3573
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003574/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003575/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3576/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3577/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003578LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003579 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003580 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003581 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003582
3583 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3584 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3585 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3586 Scope *S = CurScope;
3587 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3588 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3589 }
3590
3591 // Not a GNU local label.
3592 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3593 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3594 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003595 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003596 Res = nullptr;
3597 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003598 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003599 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3600 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003601 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3602 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003603 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003604 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3605}
3606
3607//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003608// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003609//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003610
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003611static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3612 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3613 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3614 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3615}
3616
3617static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3618 LookupResult &Res,
3619 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3620 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3621 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3622 bool EnteringContext,
3623 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3624 bool FindHidden);
3625
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003626/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
3627/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
3628/// a module' correction.
3629static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
3630 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
3631 return;
3632
3633 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
3634
3635 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
3636 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3637 break;
3638 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
3639 if (DI == DE)
3640 return;
3641
3642 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
3643 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
3644
3645 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
3646 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
3647 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
3648 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
3649
3650 if (VisibleDecl) {
3651 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
3652 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
3653 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
3654 NewDecls.clear();
3655 }
3656 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
3657 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
3658 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
3659 }
3660
3661 if (NewDecls.empty())
3662 TC = TypoCorrection();
3663 else {
3664 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
3665 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
3666 }
3667}
3668
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003669// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3670// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3671// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3672static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3673 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3674 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3675 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3676 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3677 else
3678 Identifiers.clear();
3679
3680 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3681
3682 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3683 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3684 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3685 break;
3686
3687 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3688 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3689 return;
3690 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3691 break;
3692
3693 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3694 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3695 break;
3696
3697 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3698 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3699 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3700 break;
3701
3702 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00003703 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003704 return;
3705 }
3706
3707 if (II)
3708 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3709}
3710
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003711void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003712 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003713 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3714 if (Hiding)
3715 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003716
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003717 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3718 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3719 // etc.).
3720 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3721 if (!Name)
3722 return;
3723
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003724 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3725 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003726 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003727 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3728 return;
3729
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003730 FoundName(Name->getName());
3731}
3732
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003733void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003734 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3735 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003736 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003737}
3738
3739void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3740 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3741 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003742 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003743}
3744
3745void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3746 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003747 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3748 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003749 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3750 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3751 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003752 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003753
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003754 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3755 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003756 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3757 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003758 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003759
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003760 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003761 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003762 TC.setCorrectionRange(nullptr, Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003763 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003764}
3765
Kaelyn Takatad2287c32014-10-27 18:07:13 +00003766static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3767
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003768void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003769 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003770 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003771
3772 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3773 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3774 // longer than the typo itself.
3775 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3776 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3777 return;
3778
3779 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003780 if (Correction.isResolved()) {
3781 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Correction);
3782 if (!Correction || !isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3783 return;
3784 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003785
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003786 TypoResultList &CList =
3787 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003788
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003789 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3790 CList.pop_back();
3791 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3792 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3793 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3794 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3795 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3796 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3797 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3798 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3799 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3800 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3801 *RI = Correction;
3802 return;
3803 }
3804 }
3805 }
3806 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3807 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003808
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003809 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003810 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3811}
3812
3813void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3814 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3815 SearchNamespaces = true;
3816
3817 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3818 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3819
3820 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3821 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3822 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3823 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3824 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3825 }
3826 for (const auto *TI : SemaRef.getASTContext().types()) {
Kaelyn Takata26487022015-10-01 22:38:51 +00003827 if (!TI->isClassType() && isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TI))
3828 continue;
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003829 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3830 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3831 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3832 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3833 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3834 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3835 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3836 }
3837 }
3838}
3839
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003840const TypoCorrection &TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3841 if (++CurrentTCIndex < ValidatedCorrections.size())
3842 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3843
3844 CurrentTCIndex = ValidatedCorrections.size();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003845 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3846 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3847 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3848 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3849 continue;
3850 }
3851
3852 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3853 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3854 DI->second.erase(RI);
3855 performQualifiedLookups();
3856 continue;
3857 }
3858
3859 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003860 if (TC.isResolved() || TC.requiresImport() || resolveCorrection(TC)) {
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003861 ValidatedCorrections.push_back(TC);
3862 return ValidatedCorrections[CurrentTCIndex];
3863 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003864 }
Kaelyn Takata0d6a3ed2014-10-27 18:07:34 +00003865 return ValidatedCorrections[0]; // The empty correction.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003866}
3867
3868bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3869 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3870 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003871 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003872retry_lookup:
3873 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3874 EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003875 CorrectionValidator->IsObjCIvarLookup,
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003876 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3877 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3878 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3879 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3880 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3881 if (TempSS) {
3882 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3883 TempSS = nullptr;
3884 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3885 goto retry_lookup;
3886 }
3887 if (TempMemberContext) {
3888 if (SS && !TempSS)
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00003889 TempSS = SS.get();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003890 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3891 goto retry_lookup;
3892 }
3893 if (SearchNamespaces)
3894 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3895 break;
3896
3897 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3898 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3899 break;
3900
3901 case LookupResult::Found:
3902 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3903 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3904 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3905 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
Kaelyn Takata9ab7fb62014-10-27 18:07:40 +00003906 checkCorrectionVisibility(SemaRef, Candidate);
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00003907 if (!isCandidateViable(*CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003908 if (SearchNamespaces)
3909 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3910 break;
3911 }
Kaelyn Takata20deb1d2015-01-28 00:46:09 +00003912 Candidate.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003913 return true;
3914 }
3915 return false;
3916}
3917
3918void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
3919 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
3920 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
3921 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
3922 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
3923 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
3924
3925 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
3926 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
3927 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
3928 // is an appropriate correction.
Hans Wennborgdcfba332015-10-06 23:40:43 +00003929 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() :
3930 nullptr) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003931 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
3932 continue;
3933 }
3934
3935 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
3936 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
3937 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
3938 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
3939 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
3940
3941 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
3942 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
3943 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
3944 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
3945 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
3946 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
3947 continue;
3948
3949 Result.clear();
3950 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
3951 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
3952 continue;
3953
3954 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
3955 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
3956 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3957 case LookupResult::Found:
3958 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
3959 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
3960 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3961 std::string OldQualified;
3962 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
3963 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
3964 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
3965 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
3966 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
3967 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
3968 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
3969 break;
3970 }
3971 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
3972 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
3973 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
3974 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
3975 : nullptr,
3976 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
3977 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
3978 }
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003979 if (TC.isResolved()) {
3980 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS.get(), Result.getLookupNameInfo());
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003981 addCorrection(TC);
Kaelyn Takata0a313022014-11-20 22:06:26 +00003982 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003983 break;
3984 }
3985 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3986 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3987 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3988 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3989 break;
3990 }
3991 }
3992 }
3993 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003994}
3995
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003996TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
3997 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
Benjamin Kramer15537272015-03-13 16:10:42 +00003998 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)) {
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003999 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
4000 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
4001 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
4002 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4003
4004 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4005 }
4006 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
4007 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
4008 // context.
4009 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4010 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4011 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4012 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
4013 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
4014 }
4015
4016 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004017 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
4018 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
4019 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00004020}
4021
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00004022auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
4023 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00004024 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004025 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004026 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004027 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
4028 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
4029 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
4030 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
4031 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
4032 }
4033 return Chain;
4034}
4035
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004036unsigned
4037TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
4038 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004039 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
4040 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
4041 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
4042 C != CEnd; ++C) {
4043 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
4044 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
4045 ++NumSpecifiers;
4046 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
4047 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
4048 RD->getTypeForDecl());
4049 ++NumSpecifiers;
4050 }
4051 }
4052 return NumSpecifiers;
4053}
4054
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004055void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
4056 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004057 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004058 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00004059 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004060 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
4061
4062 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
4063 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
4064 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
4065 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
4066 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
4067 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
4068 }
4069
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004070 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004071 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004072
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004073 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
4074 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004075 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004076 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004077 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004078 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004079 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
4080 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004081 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004082 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
4083 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004084 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
4085 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004086 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
4087 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
4088 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4089 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4090 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4091 SpecifierOStream.flush();
4092 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004093 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00004094 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
4095 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
4096 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
4097 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
4098 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
4099 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00004100 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004101 }
4102 }
4103
4104 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
4105 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
4106 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
4107 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
4108 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
4109 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
4110 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
4111 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
Craig Topper8c2a2a02014-08-30 16:55:39 +00004112 llvm::makeArrayRef(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
4113 llvm::makeArrayRef(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004114 }
4115
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00004116 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
4117 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004118}
4119
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004120/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
4121static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
4122 LookupResult &Res,
4123 IdentifierInfo *Name,
4124 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4125 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4126 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004127 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
4128 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004129 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4130 Res.clear();
4131 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004132 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004133 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004134 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004135 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004136 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4137 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
4138 Res.resolveKind();
4139 return;
4140 }
4141 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004142
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004143 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
4144 Res.addDecl(Prop);
4145 Res.resolveKind();
4146 return;
4147 }
4148 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004149
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004150 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
4151 return;
4152 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004153
4154 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004155 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004156
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004157 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
4158 // LookupParsedName.
4159 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
4160 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004161 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004162 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
4163 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004164 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00004165 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
4166 Res.addDecl(IV);
4167 Res.resolveKind();
4168 }
4169 }
4170 }
4171}
4172
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004173/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
4174static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
4175 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004176 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
4177 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4178 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
4179 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
4180 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4181 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
4182 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
4183 return;
4184 }
4185
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004186 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
4187 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004188
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004189 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004190 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004191 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004192 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004193 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004194 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
4195 // storage-specifiers as well
4196 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
4197 };
4198
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004199 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004200 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
4201 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
4202
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004203 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004204 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004205 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004206 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004207 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00004208 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
4209
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004210 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004211 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
4212 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
4213 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
4214
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004215 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004216 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
4217 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
4218 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
4219 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
4220 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
4221 }
4222 }
4223
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004224 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004225 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004226 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
4227 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
4228 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
4229 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
4230 };
4231 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
4232 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004233 }
4234
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004235 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004236 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
4237 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
4238 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
4239 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
4240 }
4241
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004242 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004243 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004244 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004245 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
4246 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
4247 }
4248
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004249 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004250 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004251 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4252 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004253 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004254 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4255 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4256
4257 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4258 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4259 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4260
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004261 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004262 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4263 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4264 }
4265 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004266
4267 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4268 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4269 // is present.
4270 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4271 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004272 }
4273
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004274 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004275 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4276 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004277 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004278 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004279 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004280 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4281 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4282
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004283 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004284 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4285 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4286 }
4287
4288 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4289 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4290
4291 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4292 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4293
4294 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4295 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4296 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4297 }
4298 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004299 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004300 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4301 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4302 }
4303
4304 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4305 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4306 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4307 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4308 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4309 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4310 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4311 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4312 }
4313 }
4314
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004315 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004316 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4317
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004318 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004319 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4320 }
4321 }
4322}
4323
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004324std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Sema::makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4325 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4326 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4327 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
4328 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004329 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, bool ErrorRecovery) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004330
4331 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4332 DisableTypoCorrection)
4333 return nullptr;
4334
4335 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4336 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4337 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
4338 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
4339 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4340 return nullptr;
4341
4342 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
4343 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4344 if (!Typo)
4345 return nullptr;
4346
4347 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4348 // typos.
4349 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
4350 return nullptr;
4351
4352 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4353 // instantiation.
4354 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
4355 return nullptr;
4356
4357 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4358 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4359 return nullptr;
4360
4361 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4362 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4363 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
4364 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
4365 return nullptr;
4366
4367 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4368 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4369 // remove this workaround.
Ulrich Weigand3c5038a2015-07-30 14:08:36 +00004370 if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector) && Typo->isStr("vector"))
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004371 return nullptr;
4372
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004373 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4374 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4375 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4376 unsigned Limit = getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().SpellCheckingLimit;
4377 if (Limit && TyposCorrected >= Limit)
4378 return nullptr;
4379 ++TyposCorrected;
4380
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004381 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4382 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
4383 if (ErrorRecovery && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4384 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
4385 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4386 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4387 TypoName.getLocStart());
4388 }
4389
4390 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCCRef = *CCC;
4391 auto Consumer = llvm::make_unique<TypoCorrectionConsumer>(
4392 *this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
4393 EnteringContext);
4394
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004395 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004396 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004397 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
4398 if (MemberContext) {
4399 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4400
4401 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4402 if (OPT) {
4403 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4404 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4405 }
4406 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
4407 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4408 if (!QualifiedDC)
4409 return nullptr;
4410
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004411 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, *Consumer);
4412 } else {
4413 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004414 }
4415
4416 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4417 // corrections.
4418 bool SearchNamespaces
4419 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4420 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
4421
4422 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
4423 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4424 // seen in this translation unit.
4425 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4426 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4427 Consumer->FoundName(I.getKey());
4428
4429 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
4430 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
4431 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4432 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
4433 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
4434 do {
4435 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4436 if (Name.empty())
4437 break;
4438
4439 Consumer->FoundName(Name);
4440 } while (true);
4441 }
4442 }
4443
4444 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, *Consumer, S, CCCRef, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
4445
4446 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4447 // to search those namespaces.
4448 if (SearchNamespaces) {
4449 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4450 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
4451 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
4452 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4453 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
4454 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4455 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
4456 }
4457
4458 Consumer->addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
4459 }
4460
4461 return Consumer;
4462}
4463
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004464/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4465/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4466/// present in the source code.
4467///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004468/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4469/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4470///
4471/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004472///
4473/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4474///
4475/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4476/// looking for, if present.
4477///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004478/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4479/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4480/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4481///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004482/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4483/// a member access expression.
4484///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004485/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004486/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4487///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004488/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4489/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4490///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004491/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4492/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4493/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4494/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4495TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4496 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4497 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004498 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004499 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004500 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4501 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004502 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4503 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004504 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypo requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4505
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004506 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4507 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4508 if (ExternalSource) {
4509 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
Kaelyn Takata89c881b2014-10-27 18:07:29 +00004510 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, *CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004511 return Correction;
4512 }
4513
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004514 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4515 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4516 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4517 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4518 bool ObjCMessageReceiver = CCC->WantObjCSuper && !CCC->WantRemainingKeywords;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004519
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004520 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004521 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4522 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004523 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004524
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004525 if (!Consumer)
4526 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004527
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004528 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004529 if (Consumer->empty())
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004530 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004531
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004532 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4533 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004534 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4535 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004536 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004537 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004538
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004539 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
4540 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer->getNextCorrection();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004541 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004542 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004543
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004544 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004545
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004546 if (TypoLen >= 3 && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004547 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4548 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4549 // that no correction was found.
Nick Lewycky24653262014-12-16 21:39:02 +00004550 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004551 }
4552
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004553 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004554 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4555 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4556 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004557
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004558 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4559 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004560 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4561 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004562
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004563 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4564 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004565 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004566 return TC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004567 } else if (SecondBestTC && ObjCMessageReceiver) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004568 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4569 // context.
4570
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004571 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4572 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4573 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004574 else if ((*Consumer)["super"].front().isKeyword())
4575 BestTC = (*Consumer)["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004576 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004577 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4578 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004579 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4580 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004581 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004582
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004583 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4584 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004585 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004586
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004587 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4588 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4589 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004590 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure && !SecondBestTC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004591}
4592
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004593/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4594/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4595/// present in the source code.
4596///
4597/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4598/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4599///
4600/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
4601///
4602/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4603///
4604/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4605/// looking for, if present.
4606///
4607/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4608/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4609/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4610///
4611/// \param TDG A TypoDiagnosticGenerator functor that will be used to print
4612/// diagnostics when the actual typo correction is attempted.
4613///
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004614/// \param TRC A TypoRecoveryCallback functor that will be used to build an
4615/// Expr from a typo correction candidate.
4616///
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004617/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4618/// a member access expression.
4619///
4620/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
4621/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4622///
4623/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4624/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4625///
4626/// \returns a new \c TypoExpr that will later be replaced in the AST with an
4627/// Expr representing the result of performing typo correction, or nullptr if
4628/// typo correction is not possible. If nullptr is returned, no diagnostics will
4629/// be emitted and it is the responsibility of the caller to emit any that are
4630/// needed.
4631TypoExpr *Sema::CorrectTypoDelayed(
4632 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName, Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4633 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4634 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004635 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004636 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
4637 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT) {
4638 assert(CCC && "CorrectTypoDelayed requires a CorrectionCandidateCallback");
4639
4640 TypoCorrection Empty;
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004641 auto Consumer = makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(
4642 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, std::move(CCC), MemberContext,
Kaelyn Takataae9e97c2015-01-16 22:11:04 +00004643 EnteringContext, OPT, Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004644
4645 if (!Consumer || Consumer->empty())
4646 return nullptr;
4647
4648 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4649 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
4650 unsigned ED = Consumer->getBestEditDistance(true);
4651 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
4652 if (ED > 0 && Typo->getName().size() / ED < 3)
4653 return nullptr;
4654
4655 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos++;
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004656 return createDelayedTypo(std::move(Consumer), std::move(TDG), std::move(TRC));
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004657}
4658
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004659void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4660 if (!CDecl) return;
4661
4662 if (isKeyword())
4663 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4664
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004665 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004666
4667 if (!CorrectionName)
4668 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4669}
4670
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004671std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4672 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4673 std::string tmpBuffer;
4674 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4675 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004676 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004677 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004678 }
4679
4680 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004681}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004682
Nico Weberb58e51c2014-11-19 05:21:39 +00004683bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(
4684 const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004685 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4686 return true;
4687
4688 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4689 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4690 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4691
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004692 bool HasNonType = false;
4693 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4694 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4695 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4696 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4697 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4698 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4699 if (Method->isStatic())
4700 HasStaticMethod = true;
4701 else
4702 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4703 }
4704 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4705 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004706 }
4707
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004708 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4709 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4710 return false;
4711
4712 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004713}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004714
4715FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004716 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004717 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004718 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004719 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004720 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4721 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004722 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4723}
4724
4725bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4726 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4727 return candidate.isKeyword();
4728
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004729 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004730 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004731 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004732 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4733 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4734 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4735 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4736 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4737 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4738 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4739 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4740 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4741 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4742 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004743 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004744 return true;
4745 }
4746 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004747
4748 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4749 // the current number of arguments.
4750 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4751 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4752 continue;
4753
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004754 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4755 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4756 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4757 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004758 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004759 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4760 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4761 MemberFn
4762 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4763 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004764 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004765 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004766 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4767 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4768 continue;
4769 }
4770 }
4771 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004772 }
4773 return false;
4774}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004775
4776void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4777 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4778 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4779 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4780 ErrorRecovery);
4781}
4782
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004783/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4784/// the given declaration.
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004785static NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(NamedDecl *D) {
4786 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004787 return VD->getDefinition();
4788 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004789 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(FD) : nullptr;
4790 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004791 return TD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004792 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004793 return ID->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004794 if (ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004795 return PD->getDefinition();
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +00004796 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004797 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004798 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004799}
4800
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004801void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4802 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover) {
4803 assert(!isVisible(Decl) && "missing import for non-hidden decl?");
4804
4805 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4806 // possible.
4807 NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4808 if (!Def)
4809 Def = Decl;
4810
4811 // FIXME: Add a Fix-It that imports the corresponding module or includes
4812 // the header.
4813 Module *Owner = getOwningModule(Decl);
4814 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4815
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004816 llvm::SmallVector<Module*, 8> OwningModules;
4817 OwningModules.push_back(Owner);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004818 auto Merged = Context.getModulesWithMergedDefinition(Decl);
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004819 OwningModules.insert(OwningModules.end(), Merged.begin(), Merged.end());
4820
4821 diagnoseMissingImport(Loc, Decl, Decl->getLocation(), OwningModules,
4822 NeedDefinition ? MissingImportKind::Definition
4823 : MissingImportKind::Declaration,
4824 Recover);
4825}
4826
4827void Sema::diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation UseLoc, NamedDecl *Decl,
4828 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4829 ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
4830 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover) {
4831 assert(!Modules.empty());
4832
4833 if (Modules.size() > 1) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004834 std::string ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004835 unsigned N = 0;
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004836 for (Module *M : Modules) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004837 ModuleList += "\n ";
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004838 if (++N == 5 && N != Modules.size()) {
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004839 ModuleList += "[...]";
4840 break;
4841 }
4842 ModuleList += M->getFullModuleName();
4843 }
4844
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004845 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use_multiple)
4846 << (int)MIK << Decl << ModuleList;
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004847 } else {
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004848 Diag(UseLoc, diag::err_module_unimported_use)
4849 << (int)MIK << Decl << Modules[0]->getFullModuleName();
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004850 }
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004851
4852 unsigned DiagID;
4853 switch (MIK) {
4854 case MissingImportKind::Declaration:
4855 DiagID = diag::note_previous_declaration;
4856 break;
4857 case MissingImportKind::Definition:
4858 DiagID = diag::note_previous_definition;
4859 break;
4860 case MissingImportKind::DefaultArgument:
4861 DiagID = diag::note_default_argument_declared_here;
4862 break;
4863 }
4864 Diag(DeclLoc, DiagID);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004865
4866 // Try to recover by implicitly importing this module.
4867 if (Recover)
Richard Smith35c1df52015-06-17 20:16:32 +00004868 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(UseLoc, Modules[0]);
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004869}
4870
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004871/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4872/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4873///
4874/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4875/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4876/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4877/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4878/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4879/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4880/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4881/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4882/// to it.
4883void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4884 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4885 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4886 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4887 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4888 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4889 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4890 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4891
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004892 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4893 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4894 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4895 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4896
Richard Smithf2b1eb92015-06-15 20:15:48 +00004897 diagnoseMissingImport(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Decl,
4898 /*NeedDefinition*/ false, ErrorRecovery);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004899 return;
4900 }
4901
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004902 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4903 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4904
4905 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004906 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004907 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4908 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4909 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4910}
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004911
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004912TypoExpr *Sema::createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
4913 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
4914 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC) {
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004915 assert(TCC && "createDelayedTypo requires a valid TypoCorrectionConsumer");
4916 auto TE = new (Context) TypoExpr(Context.DependentTy);
4917 auto &State = DelayedTypos[TE];
4918 State.Consumer = std::move(TCC);
4919 State.DiagHandler = std::move(TDG);
Kaelyn Takata8363f042014-10-27 18:07:42 +00004920 State.RecoveryHandler = std::move(TRC);
Kaelyn Takata6c759512014-10-27 18:07:37 +00004921 return TE;
4922}
4923
4924const Sema::TypoExprState &Sema::getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const {
4925 auto Entry = DelayedTypos.find(TE);
4926 assert(Entry != DelayedTypos.end() &&
4927 "Failed to get the state for a TypoExpr!");
4928 return Entry->second;
4929}
4930
4931void Sema::clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE) {
4932 DelayedTypos.erase(TE);
4933}